xref: /wlan-dirver/utils/sigma-dut/nl80211_copy.h (revision 291d97dadd570992212fad937b2383f3cbc7be4c)
1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H
3 /*
4  * 802.11 netlink interface public header
5  *
6  * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7  * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8  * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9  * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10  * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11  * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12  * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13  * Copyright 2015-2017	Intel Deutschland GmbH
14  *
15  * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
16  * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
17  * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
18  *
19  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
20  * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
21  * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
22  * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
23  * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
24  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
25  * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
26  *
27  */
28 
29 /*
30  * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
31  * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
32  * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
33  *
34  * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
35  * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
36  * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
37  * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
38  * can actually be identified and removed.
39  * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
40  */
41 
42 #include <linux/types.h>
43 
44 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
45 
46 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG		"config"
47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN		"scan"
48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG		"regulatory"
49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME		"mlme"
50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR		"vendor"
51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN		"nan"
52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE	"testmode"
53 
54 /**
55  * DOC: Station handling
56  *
57  * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
58  * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
59  * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
60  * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
61  * to.
62  *
63  * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
64  * capabilities.
65  *
66  * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
67  * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
68  *  - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
69  *    or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
70  *  - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
71  *    to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
72  *    time mark it authorized.
73  *  - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
74  *  - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
75  *    the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
76  *
77  * TODO: need more info for other interface types
78  */
79 
80 /**
81  * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
82  *
83  * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
84  * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
85  * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
86  * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
87  * for various reasons.
88  *
89  * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
90  * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
91  * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
92  * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
93  * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
94  * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
95  * for doing that.
96  *
97  * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
98  * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
99  * attributes so applications know what to expect.
100  *
101  * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
102  *       these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
103  *       changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
104  *       lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
105  *       any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
106  *       will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
107  *
108  * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
109  * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
110  * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
111  * status is indicated to the sending socket.
112  *
113  * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
114  * below.
115  */
116 
117 /**
118  * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
119  *
120  * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
121  * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
122  * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
123  * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
124  *
125  * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
126  * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
127  * types there no concurrency is implied.
128  *
129  * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
130  * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
131  * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
132  * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
133  * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
134  * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
135  * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
136  *
137  * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
138  * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
139  * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
140  * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
141  * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
142  * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
143  * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
144  * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
145  *
146  * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
147  * interfaces that a given device supports.
148  */
149 
150 /**
151  * DOC: packet coalesce support
152  *
153  * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
154  * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
155  * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
156  * and power consumption.
157  *
158  * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
159  * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
160  * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
161  * following events occur.
162  * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
163  * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
164  * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
165  * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
166  *
167  * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
168  * rule.
169  * a) Maximum coalescing delay
170  * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
171  * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
172  * Multiple such rules can be created.
173  */
174 
175 /**
176  * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
177  *
178  * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
179  * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
180  * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
181  * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
182  * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
183  * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
184  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
185  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
186  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
187  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
188  * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
189  * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
190  * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
191  * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
192  *
193  * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
194  * below additional parameters to userspace.
195  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
196  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
197  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
198  *	%Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
199  * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
200  * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
201  *
202  * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
203  * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
204  * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
205  * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
206  * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
207  * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
208  * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
209  */
210 
211 /**
212  * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
213  *
214  * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
215  *
216  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
217  *	to get a list of all present wiphys.
218  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
219  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
220  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the
221  *	attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting
222  *	monitor mode channel),  %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
223  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
224  *	and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.
225  *	However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL
226  *	instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only.
227  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
228  *	or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
229  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
230  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
231  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
232  *
233  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
234  *	either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
235  *	single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
236  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
237  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
238  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
239  *	to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
240  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
241  *	be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
242  *	then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
243  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
244  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
245  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
246  *	userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
247  *	attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
248  *
249  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
250  *	by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
251  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
252  *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
253  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
254  *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
255  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
256  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
257  *	or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
258  *
259  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
260  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
261  *	using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
262  *	attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
263  *	internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
264  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
265  * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
266  *	are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
267  *	do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
268  *	%NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
269  *	%NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
270  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
271  *	%NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
272  *	%NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
273  *	%NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
274  *	The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
275  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width.
276  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
277  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
278  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
279  *
280  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
281  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
282  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
283  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
284  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
285  *	the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
286  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
287  *	or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
288  *	by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
289  *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
290  *	of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
291  *	(Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
292  *	frame).
293  *
294  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
295  * 	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
296  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
297  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH:  Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
298  * 	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
299  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
300  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
301  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
302  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
303  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
304  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
305  *	the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
306  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
307  *	or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
308  *	by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
309  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
310  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
311  *
312  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
313  *	regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
314  *	has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
315  *	global regdomain will be returned.
316  *	A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
317  *	regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
318  *	information will still be mended according to further hints from
319  *	the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
320  *	is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
321  *	all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
322  *	If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
323  *	its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
324  *	core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
325  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
326  *	after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
327  *	domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
328  *	current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
329  * 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
330  * 	regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes  given by
331  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
332  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
333  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
334  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
335  * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
336  * 	to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
337  * 	store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
338  *
339  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
340  *	interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
341  *
342  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
343  *      interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
344  *
345  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
346  *	interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
347  *	frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
348  *	added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
349  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
350  *	added to all specified management frames generated by
351  *	kernel/firmware/driver.
352  *	Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
353  *	point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
354  *	command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
355  *	option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
356  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
357  *	NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
358  *
359  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
360  * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
361  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
362  *	probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
363  *	specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
364  *	be used.
365  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
366  *	NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
367  * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
368  *	partial scan results may be available
369  *
370  * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
371  *	intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
372  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
373  *	not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
374  *	scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
375  *	These attributes are mutually exculsive,
376  *	i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
377  *	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
378  *	If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
379  *	plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
380  *	Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
381  *	are passed, they are used in the probe requests.  For
382  *	broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
383  *	string).  If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
384  *	a passive scan is performed.  %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
385  *	if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
386  *	passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
387  *	are used.  Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
388  *	using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute.  The first cycle of the
389  *	scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
390  *	is supplied.
391  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
392  *	scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
393  *	as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
394  * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
395  *	results available.
396  * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
397  *	stopped.  The driver may issue this event at any time during a
398  *	scheduled scan.  One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
399  *	does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
400  *	a scheduled scan.  This event is also sent when the
401  *	%NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
402  *	is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
403  *
404  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
405  *      or noise level
406  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
407  *	NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
408  *
409  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
410  *	(for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
411  *	(PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
412  *	using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
413  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
414  *	authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
415  *	advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
416  *	ESS.
417  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
418  *	(for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
419  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
420  *	authentication.
421  * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
422  *
423  * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
424  * 	has been changed and provides details of the request information
425  * 	that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
426  * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
427  * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
428  * 	the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
429  * 	%NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
430  * 	set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
431  * 	%NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
432  * 	to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
433  * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
434  * 	has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
435  * 	any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
436  * 	where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
437  * 	if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
438  * 	driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
439  * 	doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
440  * 	on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
441  * 	or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
442  * 	never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
443  * 	enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
444  * 	either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
445  * 	userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
446  * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
447  * 	before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
448  * 	the beacon hint was processed.
449  *
450  * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
451  *	This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
452  *	as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
453  *	authentication process.
454  *	When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
455  *	interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
456  *	BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
457  *	the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
458  *	request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
459  *	to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
460  *	is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to
461  *	define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs)
462  *	to be added to the frame.
463  *	When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
464  *	frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
465  *	frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
466  *	state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
467  *	MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
468  *	included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
469  *	(including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
470  *	also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
471  *	case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
472  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
473  *	pending authentication timed out).
474  * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
475  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
476  *	(similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
477  *	MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
478  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
479  *	request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
480  *	included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
481  *	included).
482  * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
483  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
484  *	MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
485  *	primitives).
486  * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
487  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
488  *	MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
489  *
490  * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
491  *	MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
492  *	event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
493  *	the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
494  *	type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
495  *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
496  *	event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
497  *
498  * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
499  *	FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
500  *	and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
501  *	should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
502  *	executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
503  *	may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
504  *	given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
505  *	given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
506  * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
507  *	determined by the network interface.
508  *
509  * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
510  *	to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
511  *	to the driver.
512  *
513  * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
514  *	requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
515  *	auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
516  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
517  *	IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
518  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
519  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
520  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
521  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
522  *	If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
523  *	restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
524  *	within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
525  *	can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
526  *	allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
527  *	ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
528  *	set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
529  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
530  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
531  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
532  *	the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
533  *	a different BSS is desired.
534  *	Background scan period can optionally be
535  *	specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
536  *	if not specified default background scan configuration
537  *	in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
538  *	This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
539  *	It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
540  *	connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
541  *	determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
542  *	non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
543  *	event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
544  *	authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
545  *	Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
546  *	well to remain backwards compatible.
547  * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: request that the card roam (currently not implemented),
548  *	sent as an event when the card/driver roamed by itself.
549  * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
550  *	userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
551  *	reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
552  *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
553  *
554  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
555  *	associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
556  *
557  * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
558  *	channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
559  *	off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
560  *	a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
561  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
562  *	radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
563  *	frequency for the operation.
564  *	%NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
565  *	to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
566  *	notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
567  *	driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
568  *	radio).
569  *	When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
570  *	that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
571  *	the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
572  * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
573  *	pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
574  *	completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
575  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
576  *	radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
577  *	uniquely identify the request.
578  *	This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
579  *	remain-on-channel duration has expired.
580  *
581  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
582  *	rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
583  *	and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
584  *
585  * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
586  *	(via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
587  *	requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
588  *	backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
589  *	and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
590  *	that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
591  *	four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
592  *	cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
593  *	socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
594  * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
595  *	backward compatibility
596  * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
597  *	command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
598  *	as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
599  *	kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
600  *	user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
601  *	frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
602  *	to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
603  *	received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
604  *	or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
605  *	and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
606  *	specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
607  *	returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
608  *	TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
609  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
610  *	management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
611  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
612  *	counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
613  *	is used during CSA period.
614  * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
615  *	command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
616  *	time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.
617  * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
618  * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
619  *	transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
620  *	the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
621  *	frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
622  *	the frame.
623  * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
624  *	backward compatibility.
625  *
626  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
627  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
628  *
629  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
630  *	is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
631  *	levels.
632  * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
633  *	command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
634  *	reached.
635  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
636  *	and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
637  *	(identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
638  *	In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
639  *	with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
640  *	When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
641  *	no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
642  *	of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
643  *	precedence when they are used.
644  *
645  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface.
646  *
647  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
648  *	multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
649  *	with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
650  *	will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
651  *	MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
652  *	break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
653  *	unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
654  *	to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
655  *	This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
656  *	type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
657  *	(%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
658  *	If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
659  *	command, the feature is disabled.
660  *
661  * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
662  *	mesh config parameters may be given.
663  * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
664  *	network is determined by the network interface.
665  *
666  * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
667  *	notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
668  *	deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
669  * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
670  *	notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
671  *	disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
672  *
673  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
674  *      beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer.  This is only
675  *      sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
676  *      candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
677  *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
678  *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set.  On reception of this
679  *      notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
680  *      (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).  To stop this notification from
681  *      reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
682  *      new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
683  *      depending on the authentication result.
684  *
685  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
686  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
687  *	Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
688  *	various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
689  *	command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
690  *	more background information, see
691  *	http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
692  *	The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
693  *	from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
694  *	@NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
695  *	for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
696  *	in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
697  *	wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
698  *
699  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
700  *	the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
701  *	feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
702  *	is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
703  *	contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
704  *	this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
705  *	inform userspace of the new replay counter.
706  *
707  * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
708  *	of PMKSA caching dandidates.
709  *
710  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
711  *	In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
712  *	actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
713  *	In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
714  *	operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
715  *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
716  *	%NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
717  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
718  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
719  *	sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
720  *	802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
721  *	8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
722  *	supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
723  *	and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
724  *	&enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
725  *
726  * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
727  *	(or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
728  *	implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
729  *	frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
730  *	is received.
731  *	For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
732  *	other attributes like the interface index are present.
733  *	If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
734  *	only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
735  *	is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
736  *
737  * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
738  *	associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
739  *	and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
740  *	to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
741  *
742  * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
743  *	by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
744  *	acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
745  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
746  *	direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
747  *	up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
748  *	has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
749  *
750  * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
751  *	other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
752  *	OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
753  *	messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
754  *
755  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
756  *      No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
757  *
758  * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
759  *	independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
760  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
761  *	attributes determining channel width.  This indication may also be
762  *	sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
763  *	from the remote AP) is completed;
764  *
765  * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
766  *	has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
767  *	(ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
768  *	initiated on our own).  It indicates that
769  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
770  *	after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's.  The userspace may
771  *	decide to react to this indication by requesting other
772  *	interfaces to change channel as well.
773  *
774  * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
775  *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
776  *	%NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
777  *	P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
778  *	public action frame TX.
779  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
780  *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
781  *
782  * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
783  *	notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
784  *	station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
785  *	is used for this.
786  *
787  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
788  *	for IBSS or MESH vif.
789  *
790  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
791  *	This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
792  *	address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
793  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
794  *	%NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
795  *	is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
796  *	will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
797  *	command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
798  *	ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
799  *
800  * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
801  *	a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
802  *	or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
803  *	this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
804  *	while operating on this channel.
805  *	%NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
806  *	event.
807  *
808  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
809  *	i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
810  *	Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
811  *
812  * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
813  *	Information Element to the WLAN driver
814  *
815  * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
816  *	to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
817  *	with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
818  *	received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
819  *
820  * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
821  *	a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
822  *	complete.
823  *
824  * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
825  *	return back to normal.
826  *
827  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
828  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
829  *
830  * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
831  *	the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
832  *	in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
833  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
834  *	new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
835  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
836  *	width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
837  *	other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
838  *	switch is complete.
839  *
840  * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
841  *	by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
842  *	%NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
843  *	%NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
844  *	For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
845  *	used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
846  *	(&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
847  *	This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
848  *
849  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
850  *	The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
851  *	that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
852  *	QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
853  *	association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
854  *
855  * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
856  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
857  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
858  *	Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
859  *	userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
860  *	up the TX TS in the driver/device.
861  *	If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
862  *	if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
863  *	avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
864  *	make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
865  *	fail even if the check was successful.
866  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
867  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
868  *	before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
869  *	or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
870  *
871  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
872  *	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
873  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
874  *
875  * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
876  *	bandwidth of a channel must be given.
877  * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
878  *	network is determined by the network interface.
879  *
880  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
881  *	identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
882  *	provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
883  *	channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
884  *	%NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
885  *	The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
886  *	operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
887  *	AP.
888  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
889  *	peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
890  *	when this command completes.
891  *
892  * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
893  *	as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
894  *	management.
895  *
896  * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
897  *	not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
898  *	cfg80211_scan_done().
899  *
900  * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
901  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
902  *	previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
903  *	has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
904  *	cluster. This command must have a valid
905  *	%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
906  *	%NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
907  *	omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
908  *	decide what to use.  After this command NAN functions can be
909  *	added.
910  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
911  *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
912  * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
913  *	with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
914  *	operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
915  *	(%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
916  *	of the function upon success.
917  *	Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
918  *	way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
919  *	event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
920  *	function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
921  *	which just terminated.
922  *	This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
923  *	returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
924  *	the response to this command.
925  *	Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
926  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
927  *	This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
928  *	terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
929  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
930  * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
931  *	configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
932  *	was executed).  It must contain at least one of the following
933  *	attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
934  *	%NL80211_ATTR_BANDS.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
935  *	current configuration is not changed.  If it is present but
936  *	set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
937  *	(i.e. the device can decide what to do).
938  * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
939  *	This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
940  *	%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
941  *
942  * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
943  *	for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
944  *	BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
945  *	does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
946  *	only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
947  *
948  * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
949  * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
950  */
951 enum nl80211_commands {
952 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
953 	NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
954 
955 	NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,		/* can dump */
956 	NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
957 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
958 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
959 
960 	NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE,	/* can dump */
961 	NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
962 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
963 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
964 
965 	NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
966 	NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
967 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
968 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
969 
970 	NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
971 	NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
972 	NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
973 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
974 	NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
975 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
976 
977 	NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
978 	NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
979 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
980 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
981 
982 	NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
983 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
984 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
985 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
986 
987 	NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
988 
989 	NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
990 	NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
991 
992 	NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
993 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
994 
995 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
996 
997 	NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
998 
999 	NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1000 	NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1001 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1002 	NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1003 
1004 	NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1005 
1006 	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1007 	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1008 	NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1009 	NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1010 
1011 	NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1012 
1013 	NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1014 
1015 	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1016 	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1017 
1018 	NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1019 
1020 	NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1021 	NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1022 	NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1023 
1024 	NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1025 
1026 	NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1027 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1028 
1029 	NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1030 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1031 	NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1032 
1033 	NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1034 	NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1035 
1036 	NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1037 
1038 	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1039 	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1040 	NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1041 	NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1042 	NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1043 	NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1044 
1045 	NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1046 	NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1047 
1048 	NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1049 	NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1050 
1051 	NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1052 	NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1053 
1054 	NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1055 
1056 	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1057 	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1058 
1059 	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1060 	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1061 
1062 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1063 
1064 	NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1065 	NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1066 
1067 	NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1068 	NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1069 	NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1070 	NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1071 
1072 	NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1073 
1074 	NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1075 
1076 	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1077 	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1078 
1079 	NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1080 
1081 	NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1082 
1083 	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1084 
1085 	NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1086 
1087 	NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1088 
1089 	NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1090 
1091 	NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1092 	NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1093 
1094 	NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1095 
1096 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1097 
1098 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1099 
1100 	NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1101 
1102 	NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1103 
1104 	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1105 	NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1106 
1107 	NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1108 	NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1109 
1110 	NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1111 	NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1112 
1113 	NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1114 
1115 	NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1116 
1117 	NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1118 
1119 	NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1120 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1121 
1122 	NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1123 
1124 	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1125 	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1126 
1127 	NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1128 
1129 	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1130 	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1131 
1132 	NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1133 
1134 	NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1135 
1136 	NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1137 	NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1138 	NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1139 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1140 	NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1141 	NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1142 
1143 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1144 
1145 	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1146 
1147 	/* add new commands above here */
1148 
1149 	/* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1150 	__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1151 	NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1152 };
1153 
1154 /*
1155  * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1156  * here
1157  */
1158 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1159 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1160 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1161 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1162 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1163 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1164 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1165 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1166 
1167 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1168 
1169 /* source-level API compatibility */
1170 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1171 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1172 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1173 
1174 /**
1175  * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1176  *
1177  * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1178  *
1179  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1180  *	/sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1181  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1182  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1183  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1184  *	defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1185  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1186  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1187  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1188  * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1189  *	of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1190  *	documentation of the enum for more information.
1191  * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1192  *	channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth
1193  * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1194  *	channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1195  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1196  *	if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1197  *	NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1198  *		this attribute)
1199  *	NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1200  *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1201  *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1202  *	This attribute is now deprecated.
1203  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1204  *	less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1205  *	dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1206  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1207  *	greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1208  *	dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1209  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1210  *	length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1211  *	fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1212  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1213  *	larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1214  *	0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1215  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1216  *	section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1217  *
1218  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1219  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1220  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1221  *
1222  * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1223  *	that don't have a netdev (u64)
1224  *
1225  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1226  *
1227  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1228  *	16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1229  *	keys
1230  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1231  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1232  *	section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1233  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1234  *	CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1235  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1236  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1237  *	default management key
1238  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1239  *	other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1240  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1241  *	other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1242  *
1243  * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1244  * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1245  * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1246  * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1247  *
1248  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1249  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1250  *	&enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1251  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1252  *	IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1253  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1254  *	rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1255  *	restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1256  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1257  *	to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to.
1258  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1259  *	given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1260  *	info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1261  *
1262  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1263  *	consisting of a nested array.
1264  *
1265  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1266  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1267  *	(see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1268  * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1269  * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1270  * 	info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1271  *	&enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1272  *
1273  * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1274  *      &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1275  *
1276  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1277  * 	current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1278  * 	For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1279  * 	to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1280  * 	also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1281  * 	regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1282  * 	IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1283  * 	Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1284  * 	to a specific alpha2.
1285  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1286  *	rules.
1287  *
1288  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1289  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1290  *	(u8, 0 or 1)
1291  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1292  *	(u8, 0 or 1)
1293  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1294  *	rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1295  *	restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1296  *
1297  * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1298  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1299  *
1300  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1301  *	supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1302  *	of the interface mode.
1303  *
1304  * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1305  *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1306  *
1307  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1308  *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1309  *
1310  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1311  *	a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1312  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1313  *	scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1314  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1315  *	that can be added to a scan request
1316  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1317  *	elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1318  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1319  *	used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1320  *
1321  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1322  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1323  *	scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1324  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1325  *
1326  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1327  * 	currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1328  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1329  * 	set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1330  *
1331  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1332  *	an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1333  *	that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1334  *
1335  * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1336  *	and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1337  *	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1338  * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1339  * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1340  *	represented as a u32
1341  * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1342  *	%NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1343  *
1344  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1345  *	a u32
1346  *
1347  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1348  * 	due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1349  * 	the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1350  * 	attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1351  * 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1352  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1353  * 	due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1354  * 	the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1355  * 	attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1356  * 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1357  *
1358  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1359  *	cipher suites
1360  *
1361  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1362  *	for other networks on different channels
1363  *
1364  * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1365  *	is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1366  *
1367  * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1368  *	used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1369  *	this attribute can be used
1370  *	with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests
1371  *
1372  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1373  *	&struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1374  *
1375  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1376  *	IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1377  *	station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1378  *	request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1379  *	authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1380  *	default in station mode.
1381  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1382  *	ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1383  *	specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1384  *	specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1385  *	attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1386  *	indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1387  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1388  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1389  *	ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1390  *
1391  * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1392  *	We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1393  *
1394  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1395  *	event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1396  *	a local disconnect request.
1397  * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1398  *	event (u16)
1399  * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1400  *	that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1401  *	indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1402  *
1403  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1404  *	to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1405  *	(an array of u32).
1406  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1407  *	indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1408  *	u32).
1409  * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1410  *	indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1411  *	(a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1412  * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1413  *	indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1414  *
1415  * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1416  *	sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1417  * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1418  *	sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1419  *
1420  * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1421  *	commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1422  *	Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1423  *	Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1424  *	used for the initial association to an ESS.
1425  *
1426  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1427  *	%NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1428  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1429  *	and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1430  *	with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1431  *
1432  * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1433  *
1434  * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1435  *	dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1436  *	dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1437  *	obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1438  *	all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1439  *	changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1440  *	completely from scratch.
1441  *
1442  * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1443  *
1444  * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1445  *      the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1446  *      containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1447  *
1448  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1449  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1450  *	cache, a wiphy attribute.
1451  *
1452  * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1453  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1454  *	specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1455  *	remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1456  *
1457  * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1458  *
1459  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1460  *	(enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1461  *	enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1462  *	data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1463  *	rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1464  *	is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1465  *	and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1466  *	specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1467  *	The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1468  *	features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1469  *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and
1470  *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT.
1471  *
1472  * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1473  *	at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1474  * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1475  *	@NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1476  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1477  *	nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1478  *	information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1479  *	%NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1480  * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1481  *	nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1482  *	information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1483  *
1484  * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1485  *	acknowledged by the recipient.
1486  *
1487  * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1488  *
1489  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1490  *	nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1491  *
1492  * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1493  *	is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1494  *	invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1495  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1496  *	NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1497  *
1498  * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1499  *	connected to this BSS.
1500  *
1501  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1502  *      &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1503  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1504  *      This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1505  *      for non-automatic settings.
1506  *
1507  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1508  *	means support for per-station GTKs.
1509  *
1510  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1511  *	This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1512  *	not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1513  *	bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1514  *
1515  *	Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1516  *	bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1517  *	drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1518  *	a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1519  *	a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1520  *	HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1521  *	derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1522  *	Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1523  *	Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1524  *	support by returning -EINVAL.
1525  *
1526  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1527  *	This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1528  *	not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1529  *	the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1530  *	For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1531  *
1532  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1533  *	for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1534  *
1535  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1536  *	for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1537  *
1538  * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1539  *
1540  * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1541  *	transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1542  *	the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1543  *	flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1544  *	nl80211 capability flag.
1545  *
1546  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1547  *
1548  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1549  *	attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1550  *	See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1551  *
1552  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters.  These cannot be
1553  *	changed once the mesh is active.
1554  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1555  *	containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1556  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1557  *	allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1558  *	the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
1559  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1560  *	&enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1561  *	management state machine.  @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1562  *	@NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
1563  *
1564  * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1565  *	capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1566  * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1567  *	indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1568  *	used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1569  *	triggers.
1570  *
1571  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1572  *	cycles, in msecs.
1573  *
1574  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1575  *	sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans.  Only BSSs
1576  *	that match any of the sets will be reported.  These are
1577  *	pass-thru filter rules.
1578  *	For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1579  *	set.  Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1580  *	attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1581  *	fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1582  *	able to ignore them by itself.
1583  *	Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1584  *	this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1585  *	needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1586  *	If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1587  *	the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1588  *	is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1589  *	will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
1590  *	If ommited, no filtering is done.
1591  *
1592  * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1593  *	interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1594  *	defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1595  * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1596  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1597  *	are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
1598  *	any restrictions in their number or combinations.
1599  *
1600  * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
1601  *	necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
1602  *
1603  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
1604  *	nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
1605  *	being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
1606  *	without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1607  *
1608  * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
1609  *	and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
1610  *	&enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
1611  *
1612  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
1613  *	This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
1614  *	provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
1615  *	driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
1616  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
1617  *	Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
1618  *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
1619  *	(Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
1620  *	(Re)Association Request frames.
1621  *
1622  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
1623  *	of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
1624  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
1625  *	as AP.
1626  *
1627  * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
1628  *	roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
1629  *
1630  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
1631  *	candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
1632  *
1633  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
1634  *	for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
1635  *	frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
1636  *	applications use this attribute.
1637  *	This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
1638  *	%NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
1639  *
1640  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
1641  *	request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
1642  *	described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
1643  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
1644  *	TDLS conversation between two devices.
1645  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
1646  *	&enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
1647  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
1648  *	as a TDLS peer sta.
1649  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
1650  *	procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
1651  *	%NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
1652  *	used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
1653  *
1654  * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
1655  *	that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
1656  *	with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
1657  *	&enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
1658  *
1659  * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
1660  *	the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
1661  *	it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
1662  *	mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
1663  *
1664  * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
1665  *	&enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
1666  * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
1667  *	requests while operating in AP-mode.
1668  *	This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
1669  *	offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
1670  *
1671  * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
1672  *	probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
1673  *	to be filled by the FW.
1674  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT:  Force HT capable interfaces to disable
1675  *      this feature.  Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers.
1676  * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
1677  *      ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
1678  *      Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
1679  *      The values that may be configured are:
1680  *       MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
1681  *       AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
1682  *      All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
1683  *      by the driver as required.  The actual values may be seen in
1684  *      the station debugfs ht_caps file.
1685  *
1686  * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
1687  *    abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
1688  *    to one DFS region.
1689  *
1690  * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
1691  *      up to 16 TIDs.
1692  *
1693  * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
1694  *	used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
1695  *	to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the staion entry from
1696  *	the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
1697  *	capability to timeout the stations.
1698  *
1699  * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
1700  *	this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
1701  *	received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1702  *
1703  * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
1704  *      or 0 to disable background scan.
1705  *
1706  * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
1707  *	userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
1708  *	a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
1709  *	was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
1710  *	allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
1711  *
1712  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
1713  *	the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
1714  *	enum has different reasons of connection failure.
1715  *
1716  * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
1717  *	This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
1718  *	excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
1719  *	Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
1720  *	authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
1721  *	the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
1722  *	initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
1723  *	Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
1724  *	for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
1725  *	consistent.
1726  *
1727  * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
1728  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1729  *
1730  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
1731  *
1732  * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
1733  *	the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
1734  * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
1735  *	START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
1736  *	if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
1737  *	no change is made.
1738  *
1739  * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
1740  *	defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
1741  *
1742  * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
1743  *	carried in a u32 attribute
1744  *
1745  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
1746  *	MAC ACL.
1747  *
1748  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
1749  *	number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
1750  *	ACL.
1751  *
1752  * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
1753  *	contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
1754  *
1755  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1756  *	has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
1757  *	802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
1758  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1759  *	has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
1760  *
1761  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
1762  *	the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
1763  *
1764  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
1765  *	advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
1766  *	and PU-APSD.
1767  *
1768  * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
1769  *	&enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
1770  *
1771  * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
1772  *	receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
1773  *	messages, given with wiphy dump message
1774  *
1775  * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
1776  *
1777  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
1778  *	Element
1779  *
1780  * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
1781  *	reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
1782  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
1783  *      the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
1784  *
1785  * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
1786  *	This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
1787  *	allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
1788  *	update a TDLS peer STA entry.
1789  *
1790  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
1791  *
1792  * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
1793  *	until the channel switch event.
1794  * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
1795  *	must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
1796  *	operation).
1797  * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
1798  *	for the time while performing a channel switch.
1799  * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1800  *	switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
1801  * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1802  *	switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
1803  *
1804  * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
1805  *	As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
1806  *
1807  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
1808  *
1809  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
1810  *      supported operating classes.
1811  *
1812  * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
1813  *	controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
1814  *	%NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
1815  *	channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
1816  *	to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
1817  *	IBSS network.
1818  *
1819  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
1820  *	5 MHz channel bandwidth.
1821  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
1822  *	10 MHz channel bandwidth.
1823  *
1824  * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
1825  *	Notification Element based on association request when used with
1826  *	%NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
1827  *	%NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
1828  *	u8 attribute.
1829  *
1830  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
1831  *	%NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
1832  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
1833  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
1834  *	attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
1835  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
1836  *	info, containing a nested array of possible events
1837  *
1838  * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
1839  *	data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
1840  *	in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
1841  *
1842  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
1843  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
1844  *
1845  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
1846  *	associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
1847  *	Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
1848  *	other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
1849  *	advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
1850  *	to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
1851  *
1852  * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
1853  *	should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
1854  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
1855  *	supported number of csa counters.
1856  *
1857  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
1858  *	As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
1859  *
1860  * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
1861  *	creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
1862  *	that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
1863  *	If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
1864  *	owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
1865  *	be stopped when the socket is closed.
1866  *	If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
1867  *	regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
1868  *	that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
1869  *	cleared when the socket is closed.
1870  *	If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
1871  *	if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, only
1872  *	the netlink socket that created the interface will be allowed to add
1873  *	and remove functions. NAN notifications will be sent in unicast to that
1874  *	socket. Without this attribute, any socket can add functions and the
1875  *	notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN multicast group.
1876  *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
1877  *	station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
1878  *
1879  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
1880  *	the TDLS link initiator.
1881  *
1882  * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
1883  *	shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
1884  *	used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
1885  *	User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
1886  *	underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
1887  *		%NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
1888  *		%NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
1889  *	Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
1890  *		%NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
1891  *	If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
1892  *	association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
1893  *	flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
1894  *
1895  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
1896  *	estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
1897  *	%NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
1898  *	drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
1899  *	setting valid value for coverage class.
1900  *
1901  * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
1902  * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
1903  * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
1904  *	(per second) (u16 attribute)
1905  *
1906  * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
1907  *	&enum nl80211_smps_mode.
1908  *
1909  * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
1910  *
1911  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
1912  *
1913  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
1914  *	is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
1915  *	obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
1916  *	cfg80211 regdomain.
1917  *
1918  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
1919  *	array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
1920  *	nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
1921  *	least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
1922  *	is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
1923  *	of byte 3 (u8 array).
1924  *
1925  * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
1926  *	returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
1927  *	may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
1928  *	statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
1929  *	For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
1930  *	should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
1931  *	over all channels.
1932  *
1933  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
1934  *	scheduled scan is started.  Or the delay before a WoWLAN
1935  *	net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
1936  *	system is suspended.  This value is a u32, in seconds.
1937 
1938  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
1939  *      is operating in an indoor environment.
1940  *
1941  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
1942  *	scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
1943  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
1944  *	a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
1945  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
1946  *	a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
1947  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
1948  *	Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
1949  *	between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
1950  *	thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
1951  *	between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
1952  *	Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
1953  * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
1954  *	in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
1955  *	connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
1956  *	a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
1957  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
1958  *	BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
1959  *	attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
1960  *	BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1961  *	it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
1962  *	BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
1963  *
1964  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
1965  *	or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
1966  *
1967  * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
1968  *
1969  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
1970  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
1971  *	%NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
1972  *	interface type.
1973  *
1974  * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
1975  *	groupID for monitor mode.
1976  *	The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
1977  *	group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
1978  *	each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
1979  *	that group and 0 for not being a member.
1980  *	The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
1981  *	each group.
1982  *	(smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
1983  *	group numbers on least significant bits.)
1984  *	This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
1985  *	Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
1986  *	groupID data.
1987  *	to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
1988  * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
1989  *	when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
1990  *	to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
1991  *	(e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
1992  *
1993  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
1994  *	started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
1995  *	requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
1996  *	attribute must not be included).
1997  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
1998  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
1999  * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2000  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2001  *	maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2002  *	measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2003  *	if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2004  * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2005  *	that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2006  *	mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2007  *	and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2008  *
2009  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2010  *	used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2011  *
2012  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2013  *	%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2014  *	%NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2015  *	Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2016  *	should not be used during a normal device operation.
2017  * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration.  This is a u32
2018  *	bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2019  *	nl80211_band.  For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2020  *	would be set.  This attribute is used with
2021  *	%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2022  *	it is optional.  If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2023  *	the device will decide what to use.
2024  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2025  *	&enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2026  *	attribute.
2027  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2028  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2029  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2030  *	protection.
2031  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2032  *	Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2033  *	STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2034  *
2035  * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2036  *	packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2037  *
2038  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2039  *	used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2040  *
2041  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2042  *	other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2043  *	connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2044  *	This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2045  *	other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2046  *	the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2047  *	unnecessary wakeups.
2048  *
2049  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2050  *	the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2051  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparision to figure out
2052  *	better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2053  *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2054  *
2055  * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2056  *	u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2057  *	e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2058  *
2059  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2060  *	username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2061  *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2062  *
2063  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2064  *	of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2065  *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2066  *
2067  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2068  *	to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2069  *	for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2070  *
2071  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2072  *	NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2073  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2074  *	from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2075  *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2076  *
2077  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2078  *	identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2079  *	@NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2080  *
2081  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: PMK for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2082  *	This is used with @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA.
2083  *
2084  * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2085  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2086  * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2087  */
2088 enum nl80211_attrs {
2089 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2090 	NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2091 
2092 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2093 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2094 
2095 	NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2096 	NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2097 	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2098 
2099 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2100 
2101 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2102 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2103 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2104 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2105 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2106 
2107 	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2108 	NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2109 	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2110 	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2111 
2112 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2113 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2114 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2115 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2116 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2117 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2118 
2119 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2120 
2121 	NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2122 
2123 	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2124 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2125 	NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2126 	NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2127 
2128 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2129 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2130 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2131 
2132 	NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2133 
2134 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2135 
2136 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2137 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2138 
2139 	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2140 
2141 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2142 
2143 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2144 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2145 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2146 
2147 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2148 
2149 	NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2150 	NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2151 
2152 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2153 
2154 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2155 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2156 	NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2157 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
2158 
2159 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2160 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2161 
2162 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2163 
2164 	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2165 	NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
2166 	NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2167 	NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2168 
2169 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2170 
2171 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2172 	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2173 
2174 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2175 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2176 
2177 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2178 
2179 
2180 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2181 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2182 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2183 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2184 
2185 	NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2186 
2187 	NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2188 
2189 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2190 
2191 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2192 
2193 	NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2194 
2195 	NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2196 
2197 	NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2198 	NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2199 
2200 	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2201 	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2202 	NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2203 	NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2204 
2205 	NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2206 	NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2207 
2208 	NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2209 
2210 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
2211 	NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2212 
2213 	NL80211_ATTR_PID,
2214 
2215 	NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
2216 
2217 	NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2218 
2219 	NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
2220 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2221 
2222 	NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2223 
2224 	NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2225 
2226 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2227 
2228 	NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2229 
2230 	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2231 
2232 	NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
2233 
2234 	NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2235 
2236 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
2237 
2238 	NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2239 
2240 	NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2241 
2242 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2243 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2244 
2245 	NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2246 	NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2247 	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2248 
2249 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2250 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2251 
2252 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2253 
2254 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2255 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2256 
2257 	NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2258 
2259 	NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2260 
2261 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2262 
2263 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2264 
2265 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2266 
2267 	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2268 
2269 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2270 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2271 
2272 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2273 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2274 
2275 	NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2276 	NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2277 
2278 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2279 
2280 	NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2281 	NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2282 
2283 	NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2284 
2285 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2286 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2287 
2288 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2289 
2290 	NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2291 
2292 	NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2293 	NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2294 
2295 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2296 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2297 
2298 	NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2299 
2300 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2301 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2302 
2303 	NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2304 
2305 	NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2306 
2307 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2308 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2309 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2310 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2311 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2312 
2313 	NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2314 
2315 	NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2316 
2317 	NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2318 
2319 	NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2320 
2321 	NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2322 
2323 	NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2324 
2325 	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2326 	NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2327 
2328 	NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2329 
2330 	NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2331 
2332 	NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
2333 
2334 	NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
2335 
2336 	NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
2337 
2338 	NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
2339 
2340 	NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
2341 
2342 	NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
2343 
2344 	NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
2345 
2346 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
2347 
2348 	NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
2349 	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
2350 	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
2351 
2352 	NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
2353 	NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
2354 
2355 	NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
2356 
2357 	NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
2358 
2359 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
2360 
2361 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
2362 
2363 	NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
2364 
2365 	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2366 	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
2367 
2368 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
2369 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
2370 
2371 	NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
2372 	NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
2373 
2374 	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
2375 	NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2376 
2377 	NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
2378 	NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
2379 
2380 	NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
2381 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
2382 
2383 	NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
2384 
2385 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
2386 
2387 	NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
2388 	NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
2389 	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
2390 	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON,
2391 	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP,
2392 
2393 	NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
2394 
2395 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
2396 
2397 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
2398 
2399 	NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
2400 
2401 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
2402 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
2403 
2404 	NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
2405 
2406 	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
2407 	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
2408 	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
2409 	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
2410 
2411 	NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
2412 
2413 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
2414 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
2415 
2416 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
2417 
2418 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
2419 
2420 	NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
2421 
2422 	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
2423 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
2424 
2425 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
2426 
2427 	NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
2428 
2429 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
2430 
2431 	NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
2432 	NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
2433 	NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
2434 
2435 	NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
2436 
2437 	NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
2438 
2439 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
2440 
2441 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
2442 
2443 	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
2444 
2445 	NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
2446 
2447 	NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
2448 
2449 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
2450 
2451 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
2452 
2453 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2454 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
2455 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
2456 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2457 
2458 	NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
2459 
2460 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
2461 
2462 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
2463 
2464 	NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
2465 
2466 	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
2467 
2468 	NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
2469 	NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
2470 
2471 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
2472 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
2473 	NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
2474 	NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
2475 
2476 	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
2477 
2478 	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
2479 	NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
2480 	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
2481 	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
2482 
2483 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
2484 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
2485 
2486 	NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
2487 
2488 	NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
2489 
2490 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
2491 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
2492 
2493 	NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
2494 
2495 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
2496 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
2497 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
2498 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
2499 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
2500 
2501 	NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
2502 
2503 	/* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
2504 
2505 	__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2506 	NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2507 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2508 };
2509 
2510 /* source-level API compatibility */
2511 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
2512 #define	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
2513 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
2514 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
2515 
2516 /*
2517  * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
2518  * here
2519  */
2520 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2521 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
2522 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
2523 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
2524 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
2525 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
2526 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
2527 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
2528 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
2529 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
2530 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
2531 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
2532 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
2533 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
2534 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
2535 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
2536 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
2537 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
2538 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
2539 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
2540 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
2541 
2542 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES			32
2543 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES		77
2544 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES		64
2545 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY	0
2546 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY	16
2547 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY	24
2548 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN		26
2549 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN		12
2550 
2551 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES		5
2552 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES		2
2553 
2554 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME	10
2555 
2556 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
2557 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF		-300
2558 
2559 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL		1800
2560 
2561 /**
2562  * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
2563  *
2564  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
2565  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
2566  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
2567  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
2568  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
2569  *	are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
2570  *	AP type interface.
2571  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
2572  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
2573  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
2574  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
2575  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
2576  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
2577  *	and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
2578  *	%NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
2579  *	commands to create and destroy one
2580  * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
2581  *	This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
2582  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
2583  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
2584  * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
2585  *
2586  * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
2587  * to set the type of an interface.
2588  *
2589  */
2590 enum nl80211_iftype {
2591 	NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
2592 	NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
2593 	NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
2594 	NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
2595 	NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
2596 	NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
2597 	NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
2598 	NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
2599 	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
2600 	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
2601 	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
2602 	NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
2603 	NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
2604 
2605 	/* keep last */
2606 	NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
2607 	NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
2608 };
2609 
2610 /**
2611  * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
2612  *
2613  * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
2614  * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
2615  *
2616  * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2617  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
2618  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
2619  *	with short barker preamble
2620  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
2621  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
2622  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
2623  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
2624  *	only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
2625  *	flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
2626  *	attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
2627  *	as errors.)
2628  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
2629  *	that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
2630  *	previously added station into associated state
2631  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
2632  * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2633  */
2634 enum nl80211_sta_flags {
2635 	__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
2636 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
2637 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2638 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
2639 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
2640 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
2641 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
2642 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
2643 
2644 	/* keep last */
2645 	__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
2646 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
2647 };
2648 
2649 /**
2650  * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
2651  *
2652  * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
2653  * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
2654  * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
2655  */
2656 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
2657 	NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
2658 	NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
2659 
2660 	NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
2661 };
2662 
2663 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API	NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
2664 
2665 /**
2666  * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
2667  * @mask: mask of station flags to set
2668  * @set: which values to set them to
2669  *
2670  * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
2671  */
2672 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
2673 	__u32 mask;
2674 	__u32 set;
2675 } __attribute__((packed));
2676 
2677 /**
2678  * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
2679  *
2680  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
2681  * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
2682  * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
2683  * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
2684  * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
2685  * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
2686  * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
2687  * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
2688  * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
2689  *
2690  * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2691  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
2692  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
2693  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
2694  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
2695  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
2696  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
2697  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
2698  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
2699  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
2700  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
2701  *	same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
2702  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
2703  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
2704  *	a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
2705  *	half the base (20 MHz) rate
2706  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
2707  *	a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
2708  *	a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
2709  * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2710  */
2711 enum nl80211_rate_info {
2712 	__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
2713 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
2714 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
2715 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
2716 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
2717 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
2718 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
2719 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
2720 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
2721 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
2722 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
2723 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
2724 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
2725 
2726 	/* keep last */
2727 	__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2728 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2729 };
2730 
2731 /**
2732  * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
2733  *
2734  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
2735  * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
2736  *
2737  * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2738  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
2739  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE:  whether short preamble is enabled
2740  *	(flag)
2741  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME:  whether short slot time is enabled
2742  *	(flag)
2743  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
2744  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
2745  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
2746  * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2747  */
2748 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
2749 	__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
2750 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
2751 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2752 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2753 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
2754 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2755 
2756 	/* keep last */
2757 	__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
2758 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
2759 };
2760 
2761 /**
2762  * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
2763  *
2764  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
2765  * when getting information about a station.
2766  *
2767  * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2768  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
2769  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
2770  *	(u32, from this station)
2771  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
2772  *	(u32, to this station)
2773  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
2774  *	(u64, from this station)
2775  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
2776  *	(u64, to this station)
2777  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
2778  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
2779  * 	containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
2780  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
2781  *	(u32, from this station)
2782  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
2783  *	(u32, to this station)
2784  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
2785  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
2786  *	(u32, to this station)
2787  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
2788  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
2789  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
2790  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
2791  *	(see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
2792  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
2793  *	attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
2794  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
2795  *     containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
2796  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
2797  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
2798  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
2799  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
2800  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2801  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
2802  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
2803  *	non-peer STA
2804  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
2805  *	Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
2806  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
2807  *	Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
2808  * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
2809  *	802.11 header (u32, kbps)
2810  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
2811  *	(u64)
2812  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
2813  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
2814  *	for beacons only (u8, dBm)
2815  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
2816  *	This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
2817  *	TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
2818  *	each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
2819  *	attributes carrying the actual values.
2820  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
2821  *	received from the station (u64, usec)
2822  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2823  * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
2824  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
2825  */
2826 enum nl80211_sta_info {
2827 	__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
2828 	NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
2829 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
2830 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
2831 	NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
2832 	NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
2833 	NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
2834 	NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
2835 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
2836 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
2837 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
2838 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
2839 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
2840 	NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
2841 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
2842 	NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
2843 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
2844 	NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
2845 	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
2846 	NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
2847 	NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
2848 	NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
2849 	NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
2850 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
2851 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
2852 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
2853 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
2854 	NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
2855 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
2856 	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
2857 	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
2858 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
2859 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
2860 	NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
2861 
2862 	/* keep last */
2863 	__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2864 	NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2865 };
2866 
2867 /**
2868  * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
2869  * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2870  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
2871  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
2872  *	attempted to transmit; u64)
2873  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
2874  *	transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
2875  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
2876  *	MSDUs (u64)
2877  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2878  * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
2879  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
2880  */
2881 enum nl80211_tid_stats {
2882 	__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
2883 	NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
2884 	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
2885 	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
2886 	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
2887 	NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
2888 
2889 	/* keep last */
2890 	NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
2891 	NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
2892 };
2893 
2894 /**
2895  * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
2896  *
2897  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
2898  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
2899  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
2900  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
2901  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
2902  */
2903 enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
2904 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE =	1<<0,
2905 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING =	1<<1,
2906 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID =	1<<2,
2907 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED =	1<<3,
2908 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED =	1<<4,
2909 };
2910 
2911 /**
2912  * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
2913  *
2914  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
2915  * information about a mesh path.
2916  *
2917  * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2918  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
2919  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
2920  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
2921  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
2922  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
2923  * 	&enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
2924  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
2925  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
2926  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
2927  *	currently defind
2928  * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2929  */
2930 enum nl80211_mpath_info {
2931 	__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
2932 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
2933 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
2934 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
2935 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
2936 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
2937 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
2938 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
2939 
2940 	/* keep last */
2941 	__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2942 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2943 };
2944 
2945 /**
2946  * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
2947  * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2948  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
2949  *	an array of nested frequency attributes
2950  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
2951  *	an array of nested bitrate attributes
2952  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
2953  *	defined in 802.11n
2954  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
2955  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
2956  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
2957  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
2958  *	defined in 802.11ac
2959  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
2960  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
2961  * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2962  */
2963 enum nl80211_band_attr {
2964 	__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
2965 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
2966 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
2967 
2968 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
2969 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
2970 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
2971 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
2972 
2973 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
2974 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
2975 
2976 	/* keep last */
2977 	__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2978 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2979 };
2980 
2981 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
2982 
2983 /**
2984  * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
2985  * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2986  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
2987  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
2988  *	regulatory domain.
2989  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
2990  * 	are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
2991  * 	requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
2992  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
2993  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
2994  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
2995  *	(100 * dBm).
2996  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
2997  *	(enum nl80211_dfs_state)
2998  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
2999  *	this channel is in this DFS state.
3000  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
3001  *	channel as the control channel
3002  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
3003  *	channel as the control channel
3004  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
3005  *	as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
3006  *	this includes 80+80 channels
3007  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
3008  *	using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
3009  *	isn't possible
3010  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3011  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
3012  *	channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
3013  *	used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
3014  *	an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
3015  *	through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
3016  *	that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
3017  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
3018  *	channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
3019  *	the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
3020  *	band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
3021  *	off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
3022  *	done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
3023  *	the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
3024  *	off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
3025  *	radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
3026  *	wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
3027  *	attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
3028  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
3029  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3030  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
3031  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3032  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
3033  *	currently defined
3034  * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3035  *
3036  * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
3037  * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
3038  * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
3039  * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
3040  */
3041 enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
3042 	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
3043 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
3044 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
3045 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
3046 	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
3047 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
3048 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
3049 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
3050 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
3051 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
3052 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
3053 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
3054 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
3055 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3056 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
3057 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
3058 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
3059 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
3060 
3061 	/* keep last */
3062 	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3063 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3064 };
3065 
3066 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
3067 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3068 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3069 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3070 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
3071 					NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3072 
3073 /**
3074  * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
3075  * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3076  * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
3077  * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
3078  *	in 2.4 GHz band.
3079  * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
3080  *	currently defined
3081  * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3082  */
3083 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
3084 	__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
3085 	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
3086 	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
3087 
3088 	/* keep last */
3089 	__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3090 	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3091 };
3092 
3093 /**
3094  * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
3095  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
3096  * 	regulatory domain.
3097  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
3098  * 	regulatory domain.
3099  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
3100  * 	wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
3101  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
3102  * 	802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
3103  * 	thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
3104  *	code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
3105  *	structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
3106  *	If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
3107  *	be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
3108  */
3109 enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
3110 	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
3111 	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
3112 	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
3113 	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
3114 };
3115 
3116 /**
3117  * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
3118  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
3119  *	to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
3120  *	ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
3121  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
3122  * 	domain.
3123  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
3124  * 	driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
3125  * 	and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
3126  * 	them to be applied.
3127  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
3128  *	of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
3129  *	set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
3130  *	domain request to be processed.
3131  */
3132 enum nl80211_reg_type {
3133 	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
3134 	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
3135 	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
3136 	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
3137 };
3138 
3139 /**
3140  * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
3141  * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3142  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
3143  * 	considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
3144  * 	&enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
3145  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
3146  * 	rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
3147  * 	band edge.
3148  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
3149  * 	in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
3150  * 	band edge.
3151  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
3152  *	frequency range, in KHz.
3153  * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
3154  * 	for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
3155  * 	If you don't have one then don't send this.
3156  * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
3157  * 	a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
3158  * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3159  *	If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
3160  * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
3161  *	currently defined
3162  * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3163  */
3164 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
3165 	__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
3166 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
3167 
3168 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
3169 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
3170 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
3171 
3172 	NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
3173 	NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
3174 
3175 	NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3176 
3177 	/* keep last */
3178 	__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3179 	NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3180 };
3181 
3182 /**
3183  * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
3184  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3185  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
3186  *	only report BSS with matching SSID.
3187  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
3188  *	BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
3189  *	if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
3190  *	the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
3191  *	matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
3192  *	how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
3193  *	the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
3194  *	attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
3195  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
3196  *	%NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
3197  *	relative to current bss's RSSI.
3198  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
3199  *	BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
3200  *	RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
3201  *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
3202  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
3203  *	attribute number currently defined
3204  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3205  */
3206 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
3207 	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
3208 
3209 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
3210 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
3211 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3212 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
3213 
3214 	/* keep last */
3215 	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3216 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
3217 		__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3218 };
3219 
3220 /* only for backward compatibility */
3221 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
3222 
3223 /**
3224  * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
3225  *
3226  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
3227  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
3228  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
3229  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
3230  * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
3231  * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
3232  * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
3233  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
3234  * 	this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
3235  * 	beaconing.
3236  * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
3237  *	base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
3238  *	multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
3239  * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See &NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3240  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
3241  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
3242  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
3243  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
3244  */
3245 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
3246 	NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM		= 1<<0,
3247 	NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK		= 1<<1,
3248 	NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR		= 1<<2,
3249 	NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR		= 1<<3,
3250 	NL80211_RRF_DFS			= 1<<4,
3251 	NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY		= 1<<5,
3252 	NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY		= 1<<6,
3253 	NL80211_RRF_NO_IR		= 1<<7,
3254 	__NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS		= 1<<8,
3255 	NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW		= 1<<11,
3256 	NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT	= 1<<12,
3257 	NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS	= 1<<13,
3258 	NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS		= 1<<14,
3259 	NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ		= 1<<15,
3260 	NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ		= 1<<16,
3261 };
3262 
3263 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN	NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3264 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS		NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3265 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR		NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3266 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40		(NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
3267 					 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
3268 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT	NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
3269 
3270 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
3271 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL		(NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
3272 
3273 /**
3274  * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
3275  *
3276  * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
3277  * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
3278  * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
3279  * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
3280  */
3281 enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
3282 	NL80211_DFS_UNSET	= 0,
3283 	NL80211_DFS_FCC		= 1,
3284 	NL80211_DFS_ETSI	= 2,
3285 	NL80211_DFS_JP		= 3,
3286 };
3287 
3288 /**
3289  * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
3290  *
3291  * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
3292  *	assumed if the attribute is not set.
3293  * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
3294  *	base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
3295  *	properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
3296  *	by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
3297  *	capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
3298  *	ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
3299  *	present has been registered with the wireless core that
3300  *	has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
3301  *	supported feature.
3302  * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
3303  *	platform is operating in an indoor environment.
3304  */
3305 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
3306 	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER	= 0,
3307 	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
3308 	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR    = 2,
3309 };
3310 
3311 /**
3312  * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
3313  *
3314  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
3315  * when getting information about a survey.
3316  *
3317  * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3318  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
3319  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
3320  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
3321  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
3322  *	was turned on (on channel or globally)
3323  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
3324  *	channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
3325  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
3326  *	channel was sensed busy
3327  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
3328  *	receiving data (on channel or globally)
3329  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
3330  *	transmitting data (on channel or globally)
3331  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
3332  *	(on this channel or globally)
3333  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3334  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
3335  *	currently defined
3336  * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3337  */
3338 enum nl80211_survey_info {
3339 	__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
3340 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
3341 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
3342 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
3343 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
3344 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
3345 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
3346 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
3347 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
3348 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
3349 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
3350 
3351 	/* keep last */
3352 	__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3353 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3354 };
3355 
3356 /* keep old names for compatibility */
3357 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
3358 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
3359 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
3360 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
3361 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
3362 
3363 /**
3364  * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
3365  *
3366  * Monitor configuration flags.
3367  *
3368  * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
3369  *
3370  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
3371  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
3372  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
3373  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
3374  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
3375  *	overrides all other flags.
3376  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
3377  *	and ACK incoming unicast packets.
3378  *
3379  * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3380  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
3381  */
3382 enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
3383 	__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
3384 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
3385 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
3386 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
3387 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
3388 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
3389 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
3390 
3391 	/* keep last */
3392 	__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3393 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3394 };
3395 
3396 /**
3397  * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
3398  *
3399  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
3400  *	not known or has not been set yet.
3401  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
3402  *	in Awake state all the time.
3403  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3404  *	alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
3405  *	neighbor's beacons.
3406  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3407  *	alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
3408  *	for neighbor's beacons.
3409  *
3410  * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
3411  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
3412  */
3413 
3414 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
3415 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
3416 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
3417 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
3418 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
3419 
3420 	__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
3421 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
3422 };
3423 
3424 /**
3425  * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
3426  *
3427  * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
3428  * active.
3429  *
3430  * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
3431  *
3432  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
3433  *	millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
3434  *
3435  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
3436  *	millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
3437  *
3438  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
3439  *	millisecond units
3440  *
3441  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
3442  *	on this mesh interface
3443  *
3444  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
3445  *	open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
3446  *	mesh
3447  *
3448  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
3449  *	point.
3450  *
3451  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
3452  *	peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
3453  *	@NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
3454  *	set.
3455  *
3456  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
3457  *	containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
3458  *	target)
3459  *
3460  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
3461  *	(in milliseconds)
3462  *
3463  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
3464  *	until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
3465  *
3466  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
3467  *	points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
3468  *	the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
3469  *
3470  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
3471  *	TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
3472  *	reference element
3473  *
3474  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
3475  *	that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
3476  *	mesh
3477  *
3478  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
3479  *
3480  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
3481  *	source mesh point for path selection elements.
3482  *
3483  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL:  The interval of time (in TUs) between
3484  *	root announcements are transmitted.
3485  *
3486  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
3487  *	access to a broader network beyond the MBSS.  This is done via Root
3488  *	Announcement frames.
3489  *
3490  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
3491  *	TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
3492  *	PERR element.
3493  *
3494  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
3495  *	or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
3496  *
3497  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
3498  *	threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
3499  *	a peer link.
3500  *
3501  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
3502  *	to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
3503  *	(see 11C.12.2.2)
3504  *
3505  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
3506  *
3507  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
3508  *
3509  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
3510  *	which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
3511  *	information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
3512  *
3513  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
3514  *	proactive PREQs are transmitted.
3515  *
3516  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
3517  *	(in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
3518  *	containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
3519  *
3520  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
3521  *	type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
3522  *
3523  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
3524  *
3525  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
3526  *	established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
3527  *	remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
3528  *	the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
3529  *
3530  * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3531  */
3532 enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
3533 	__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
3534 	NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
3535 	NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
3536 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
3537 	NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
3538 	NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
3539 	NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
3540 	NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
3541 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
3542 	NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
3543 	NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3544 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
3545 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
3546 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
3547 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
3548 	NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
3549 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
3550 	NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
3551 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
3552 	NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
3553 	NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
3554 	NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
3555 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
3556 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
3557 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
3558 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
3559 	NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
3560 	NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
3561 	NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
3562 
3563 	/* keep last */
3564 	__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3565 	NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3566 };
3567 
3568 /**
3569  * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
3570  *
3571  * Mesh setup parameters.  These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
3572  * changed while the mesh is active.
3573  *
3574  * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
3575  *
3576  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
3577  *	vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
3578  *	default HWMP.
3579  *
3580  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
3581  *	vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
3582  *	metric.
3583  *
3584  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
3585  *	robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
3586  *	that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
3587  *	metrics in use.
3588  *
3589  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
3590  *	daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
3591  *
3592  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
3593  *	daemon will be securing peer link frames.  AMPE is a secured version of
3594  *	Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
3595  *	a userspace daemon.  When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
3596  *	management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
3597  *	functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
3598  *	key management).  When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
3599  *	autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
3600  *	userspace daemon.
3601  *
3602  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
3603  *	vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
3604  *	neighbor offset synchronization
3605  *
3606  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
3607  *	implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
3608  *
3609  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
3610  *	method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
3611  *	Default is no authentication method required.
3612  *
3613  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
3614  *
3615  * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
3616  */
3617 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
3618 	__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
3619 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
3620 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
3621 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
3622 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
3623 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
3624 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
3625 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
3626 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
3627 
3628 	/* keep last */
3629 	__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3630 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3631 };
3632 
3633 /**
3634  * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
3635  * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
3636  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
3637  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
3638  *	disabled
3639  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
3640  *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
3641  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
3642  *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
3643  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
3644  * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
3645  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
3646  */
3647 enum nl80211_txq_attr {
3648 	__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
3649 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
3650 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
3651 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
3652 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
3653 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
3654 
3655 	/* keep last */
3656 	__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3657 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3658 };
3659 
3660 enum nl80211_ac {
3661 	NL80211_AC_VO,
3662 	NL80211_AC_VI,
3663 	NL80211_AC_BE,
3664 	NL80211_AC_BK,
3665 	NL80211_NUM_ACS
3666 };
3667 
3668 /* backward compat */
3669 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
3670 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO	NL80211_AC_VO
3671 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI	NL80211_AC_VI
3672 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE	NL80211_AC_BE
3673 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK	NL80211_AC_BK
3674 
3675 /**
3676  * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
3677  * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
3678  * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
3679  * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
3680  *	below the control channel
3681  * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
3682  *	above the control channel
3683  */
3684 enum nl80211_channel_type {
3685 	NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
3686 	NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
3687 	NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
3688 	NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
3689 };
3690 
3691 /**
3692  * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
3693  *
3694  * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
3695  * attribute.
3696  *
3697  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
3698  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
3699  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3700  *	attribute must be provided as well
3701  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3702  *	attribute must be provided as well
3703  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3704  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
3705  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3706  *	attribute must be provided as well
3707  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
3708  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
3709  */
3710 enum nl80211_chan_width {
3711 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
3712 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
3713 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
3714 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
3715 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
3716 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
3717 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
3718 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
3719 };
3720 
3721 /**
3722  * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
3723  *
3724  * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
3725  *
3726  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
3727  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
3728  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
3729  */
3730 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
3731 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
3732 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
3733 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
3734 };
3735 
3736 /**
3737  * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
3738  *
3739  * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
3740  * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
3741  * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
3742  * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
3743  *	(if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
3744  *	from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
3745  *	that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
3746  * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
3747  * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
3748  * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
3749  *	raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
3750  *	if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
3751  *	different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
3752  *	they are from a Beacon frame.
3753  *	However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
3754  *	IEs may be from either frame subtype.
3755  *	If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
3756  *	data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
3757  * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
3758  *	in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
3759  * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
3760  *	in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
3761  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
3762  * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
3763  * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
3764  *	elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
3765  *	yet been received
3766  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
3767  *	(u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
3768  * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
3769  *	(not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
3770  * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
3771  *	@NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
3772  * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
3773  *	was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
3774  *	accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
3775  * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3776  * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
3777  *	octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
3778  *	this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
3779  *	@NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
3780  * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
3781  *	is set.
3782  * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
3783  * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
3784  */
3785 enum nl80211_bss {
3786 	__NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
3787 	NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
3788 	NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
3789 	NL80211_BSS_TSF,
3790 	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3791 	NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
3792 	NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
3793 	NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
3794 	NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
3795 	NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
3796 	NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
3797 	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
3798 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
3799 	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
3800 	NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
3801 	NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
3802 	NL80211_BSS_PAD,
3803 	NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
3804 	NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
3805 
3806 	/* keep last */
3807 	__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
3808 	NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
3809 };
3810 
3811 /**
3812  * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
3813  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
3814  *	Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
3815  *	keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
3816  *	a given BSS.
3817  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
3818  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
3819  *
3820  * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
3821  * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
3822  */
3823 enum nl80211_bss_status {
3824 	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
3825 	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
3826 	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
3827 };
3828 
3829 /**
3830  * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
3831  *
3832  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
3833  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
3834  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
3835  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
3836  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
3837  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
3838  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
3839  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
3840  * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
3841  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
3842  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
3843  *	trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
3844  *	the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
3845  */
3846 enum nl80211_auth_type {
3847 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
3848 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
3849 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
3850 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
3851 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
3852 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
3853 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
3854 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
3855 
3856 	/* keep last */
3857 	__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
3858 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
3859 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
3860 };
3861 
3862 /**
3863  * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
3864  * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
3865  * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
3866  * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
3867  * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
3868  */
3869 enum nl80211_key_type {
3870 	NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
3871 	NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
3872 	NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
3873 
3874 	NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
3875 };
3876 
3877 /**
3878  * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
3879  * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
3880  * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
3881  */
3882 enum nl80211_mfp {
3883 	NL80211_MFP_NO,
3884 	NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
3885 };
3886 
3887 enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
3888 	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
3889 	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
3890 };
3891 
3892 /**
3893  * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
3894  * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
3895  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
3896  *	unicast key
3897  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
3898  *	multicast key
3899  * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
3900  */
3901 enum nl80211_key_default_types {
3902 	__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
3903 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
3904 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
3905 
3906 	NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
3907 };
3908 
3909 /**
3910  * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
3911  * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
3912  * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
3913  *	16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
3914  *	keys
3915  * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
3916  * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
3917  *	section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
3918  * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
3919  *	CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
3920  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
3921  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
3922  * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
3923  *	specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
3924  *	given with the command using the key or not (u32)
3925  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
3926  *	attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
3927  *	See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
3928  * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
3929  * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
3930  */
3931 enum nl80211_key_attributes {
3932 	__NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
3933 	NL80211_KEY_DATA,
3934 	NL80211_KEY_IDX,
3935 	NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
3936 	NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
3937 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
3938 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
3939 	NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
3940 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
3941 
3942 	/* keep last */
3943 	__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
3944 	NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
3945 };
3946 
3947 /**
3948  * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
3949  * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
3950  * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
3951  *	in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
3952  *	1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
3953  *	%NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
3954  * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
3955  *	in an array of MCS numbers.
3956  * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
3957  *	see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
3958  * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
3959  * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
3960  * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
3961  */
3962 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
3963 	__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
3964 	NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
3965 	NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
3966 	NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
3967 	NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
3968 
3969 	/* keep last */
3970 	__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
3971 	NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
3972 };
3973 
3974 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
3975 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX		8
3976 
3977 /**
3978  * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
3979  * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
3980  */
3981 struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
3982 	__u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
3983 };
3984 
3985 enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
3986 	NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
3987 	NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
3988 	NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
3989 };
3990 
3991 /**
3992  * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
3993  * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
3994  * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
3995  * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 64.80 GHz)
3996  * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
3997  *	since newer kernel versions may support more bands
3998  */
3999 enum nl80211_band {
4000 	NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
4001 	NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
4002 	NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
4003 
4004 	NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
4005 };
4006 
4007 /**
4008  * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
4009  * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
4010  * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
4011  */
4012 enum nl80211_ps_state {
4013 	NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
4014 	NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
4015 };
4016 
4017 /**
4018  * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
4019  * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
4020  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
4021  *	the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
4022  *	to disable.  Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
4023  *	set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
4024  *	threshold values in dBm.  Events will be sent when the RSSI value
4025  *	crosses any of the thresholds.
4026  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
4027  *	the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
4028  *	new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
4029  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
4030  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
4031  *	consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
4032  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
4033  *	during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
4034  *	%NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
4035  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
4036  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
4037  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
4038  *	checked.
4039  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
4040  *	interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
4041  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
4042  *	%NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
4043  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
4044  *	loss event
4045  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
4046  *	RSSI threshold event.
4047  * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
4048  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
4049  */
4050 enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
4051 	__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
4052 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
4053 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
4054 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
4055 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
4056 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
4057 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
4058 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
4059 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4060 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
4061 
4062 	/* keep last */
4063 	__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
4064 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
4065 };
4066 
4067 /**
4068  * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
4069  * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
4070  *      configured threshold
4071  * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
4072  *      configured threshold
4073  * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
4074  */
4075 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
4076 	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
4077 	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
4078 	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4079 };
4080 
4081 
4082 /**
4083  * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
4084  * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
4085  * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
4086  * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
4087  */
4088 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
4089 	NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
4090 	NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
4091 	NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
4092 };
4093 
4094 /**
4095  * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
4096  * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4097  * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
4098  *	a zero bit are ignored
4099  * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
4100  *	a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
4101  *	to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
4102  *	in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
4103  *	corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
4104  *	For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
4105  *	xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
4106  *	twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
4107  *	Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
4108  *	802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
4109  *	first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
4110  * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
4111  *	these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4112  * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
4113  * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
4114  */
4115 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
4116 	__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
4117 	NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
4118 	NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
4119 	NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
4120 
4121 	NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
4122 	MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
4123 };
4124 
4125 /**
4126  * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
4127  * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
4128  * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
4129  * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
4130  * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4131  *
4132  * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
4133  * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
4134  * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
4135  * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
4136  * by the kernel to userspace.
4137  */
4138 struct nl80211_pattern_support {
4139 	__u32 max_patterns;
4140 	__u32 min_pattern_len;
4141 	__u32 max_pattern_len;
4142 	__u32 max_pkt_offset;
4143 } __attribute__((packed));
4144 
4145 /* only for backward compatibility */
4146 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
4147 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4148 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
4149 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
4150 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
4151 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
4152 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
4153 
4154 /**
4155  * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
4156  * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4157  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
4158  *	the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
4159  *	support for low-power operation already (flag)
4160  *	Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
4161  *	any others are even supported by the device.
4162  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
4163  *	is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
4164  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
4165  *	by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
4166  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
4167  *	which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
4168  *	defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
4169  *	Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
4170  *	each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
4171  *	done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
4172  *	pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
4173  *
4174  *	In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
4175  *	carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
4176  *
4177  *	When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
4178  *	index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
4179  *	to the kernel when configuring.
4180  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
4181  *	used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
4182  *	by the device (flag)
4183  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
4184  *	done by the device) (flag)
4185  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
4186  *	packet (flag)
4187  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
4188  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
4189  *	(on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
4190  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
4191  *	the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
4192  *	may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
4193  *	attribute contains the original length.
4194  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
4195  *	packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
4196  *	attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4197  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
4198  *	802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
4199  *	be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
4200  *	contains the original length.
4201  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
4202  *	packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
4203  *	attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4204  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
4205  *	"TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
4206  *	containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
4207  *	the TCP connection.
4208  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
4209  *	wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
4210  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
4211  *	TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
4212  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
4213  *	the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
4214  *	service
4215  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
4216  *	is detected.  This is a nested attribute that contains the
4217  *	same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN.  It
4218  *	specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
4219  *	channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
4220  *	results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets).  This
4221  *	attribute is also sent in a response to
4222  *	@NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
4223  *	supported by the driver (u32).
4224  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
4225  *	containing an array with information about what triggered the
4226  *	wake up.  If no elements are present in the array, it means
4227  *	that the information is not available.  If more than one
4228  *	element is present, it means that more than one match
4229  *	occurred.
4230  *	Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
4231  *	one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
4232  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute.  At least one of
4233  *	these attributes must be present.  If
4234  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
4235  *	frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
4236  *	channel.
4237  * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
4238  * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
4239  *
4240  * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
4241  * to report the wakeup reason(s).
4242  */
4243 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
4244 	__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
4245 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
4246 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
4247 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
4248 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
4249 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
4250 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
4251 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
4252 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
4253 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
4254 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
4255 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
4256 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
4257 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
4258 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
4259 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
4260 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
4261 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
4262 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
4263 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
4264 
4265 	/* keep last */
4266 	NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
4267 	MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
4268 };
4269 
4270 /**
4271  * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
4272  *
4273  * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
4274  * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
4275  * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
4276  * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
4277  * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
4278  * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
4279  * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
4280  * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
4281  * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
4282  *
4283  * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
4284  * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
4285  * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
4286  * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
4287  * also woken up.
4288  *
4289  * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
4290  * response packets might not go through correctly.
4291  */
4292 
4293 /**
4294  * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
4295  * @start: starting value
4296  * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
4297  * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
4298  *
4299  * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
4300  * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
4301  * in little endian.
4302  */
4303 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
4304 	__u32 start, offset, len;
4305 };
4306 
4307 /**
4308  * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
4309  * @offset: offset of token in packet
4310  * @len: length of each token
4311  * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
4312  *	be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
4313  */
4314 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
4315 	__u32 offset, len;
4316 	__u8 token_stream[];
4317 };
4318 
4319 /**
4320  * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
4321  * @min_len: minimum token length
4322  * @max_len: maximum token length
4323  * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
4324  */
4325 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
4326 	__u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
4327 };
4328 
4329 /**
4330  * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
4331  * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4332  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
4333  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
4334  *	(in network byte order)
4335  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
4336  *	route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
4337  *	and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
4338  *	might require ARP querying.
4339  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
4340  *	socket and port will be allocated
4341  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
4342  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
4343  *	For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4344  *	of the data payload.
4345  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
4346  *	(if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
4347  *	advertising it is just a flag
4348  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
4349  *	see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
4350  *	&struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
4351  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
4352  *	interval in feature advertising (u32)
4353  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
4354  *	u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4355  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
4356  *	feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4357  *	but on the TCP payload only.
4358  * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
4359  * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
4360  */
4361 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
4362 	__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
4363 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
4364 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
4365 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
4366 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
4367 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
4368 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
4369 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
4370 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
4371 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
4372 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
4373 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
4374 
4375 	/* keep last */
4376 	NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
4377 	MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
4378 };
4379 
4380 /**
4381  * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
4382  * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
4383  * @pat: packet pattern support information
4384  * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4385  *
4386  * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
4387  * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
4388  */
4389 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
4390 	__u32 max_rules;
4391 	struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
4392 	__u32 max_delay;
4393 } __attribute__((packed));
4394 
4395 /**
4396  * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
4397  * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4398  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
4399  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
4400  *	see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
4401  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
4402  *	after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4403  * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
4404  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
4405  */
4406 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
4407 	__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
4408 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
4409 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
4410 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
4411 
4412 	/* keep last */
4413 	NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
4414 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
4415 };
4416 
4417 /**
4418  * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
4419  * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
4420  *	in a rule are matched.
4421  * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
4422  *	in a rule are not matched.
4423  */
4424 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
4425 	NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
4426 	NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
4427 };
4428 
4429 /**
4430  * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
4431  * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4432  * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
4433  *	can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
4434  * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
4435  *	flag attribute for each interface type in this set
4436  * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
4437  * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
4438  */
4439 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
4440 	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
4441 	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
4442 	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
4443 
4444 	/* keep last */
4445 	NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
4446 	MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
4447 };
4448 
4449 /**
4450  * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
4451  *
4452  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4453  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
4454  *	for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
4455  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
4456  *	interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
4457  *	apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
4458  *	in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
4459  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
4460  *	beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
4461  *	infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
4462  *	the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
4463  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
4464  *	different channels may be used within this group.
4465  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4466  *	of supported channel widths for radar detection.
4467  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4468  *	of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
4469  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
4470  *	different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
4471  *	in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
4472  * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
4473  * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
4474  *
4475  * Examples:
4476  *	limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
4477  *	=> allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
4478  *
4479  *	numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
4480  *	=> allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
4481  *
4482  *	numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
4483  *	=> allows two STAs on different channels
4484  *
4485  *	numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
4486  *	=> allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
4487  *
4488  * The list of these four possiblities could completely be contained
4489  * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
4490  * that any of these groups must match.
4491  *
4492  * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
4493  * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
4494  * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
4495  * interface type, the following group always exists:
4496  *	numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
4497  */
4498 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
4499 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
4500 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
4501 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
4502 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
4503 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
4504 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
4505 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
4506 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
4507 
4508 	/* keep last */
4509 	NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
4510 	MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
4511 };
4512 
4513 
4514 /**
4515  * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
4516  *
4517  * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
4518  *	state of non existant mesh peer links
4519  * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
4520  *	this mesh peer
4521  * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
4522  *	from this mesh peer
4523  * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
4524  *	received from this mesh peer
4525  * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
4526  * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
4527  * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
4528  *	plink are discarded
4529  * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
4530  * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
4531  */
4532 enum nl80211_plink_state {
4533 	NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
4534 	NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
4535 	NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
4536 	NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
4537 	NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
4538 	NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
4539 	NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
4540 
4541 	/* keep last */
4542 	NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
4543 	MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
4544 };
4545 
4546 /**
4547  * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
4548  *
4549  * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
4550  * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
4551  * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
4552  * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
4553  */
4554 enum plink_actions {
4555 	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
4556 	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
4557 	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
4558 
4559 	NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
4560 };
4561 
4562 
4563 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN			16
4564 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN			16
4565 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN		8
4566 
4567 /**
4568  * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
4569  * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4570  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
4571  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
4572  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
4573  * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
4574  * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
4575  */
4576 enum nl80211_rekey_data {
4577 	__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
4578 	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
4579 	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
4580 	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
4581 
4582 	/* keep last */
4583 	NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
4584 	MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
4585 };
4586 
4587 /**
4588  * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
4589  * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
4590  *	Beacon frames)
4591  * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
4592  *	in Beacon frames
4593  * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
4594  *	element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
4595  */
4596 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
4597 	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
4598 	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
4599 	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
4600 };
4601 
4602 /**
4603  * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
4604  * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4605  * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
4606  *	is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
4607  * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
4608  *	as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
4609  * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
4610  * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
4611  */
4612 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
4613 	__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
4614 	NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
4615 	NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
4616 
4617 	/* keep last */
4618 	__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
4619 	NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
4620 };
4621 
4622 /**
4623  * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
4624  * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4625  * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
4626  *	priority)
4627  * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
4628  * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
4629  * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
4630  *	(internal)
4631  * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
4632  *	(internal)
4633  */
4634 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
4635 	__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
4636 	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
4637 	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
4638 	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
4639 
4640 	/* keep last */
4641 	NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
4642 	MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
4643 };
4644 
4645 /**
4646  * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
4647  * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
4648  * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
4649  * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
4650  * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
4651  * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
4652  */
4653 enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
4654 	NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
4655 	NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
4656 	NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
4657 	NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
4658 	NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
4659 };
4660 
4661 /*
4662  * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
4663  * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
4664  * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
4665 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
4666 };
4667  */
4668 
4669 /**
4670  * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
4671  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
4672  *	TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
4673  *	socket option.
4674  * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
4675  * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
4676  *	the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
4677  * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
4678  *	to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
4679  *	cellular base stations.
4680  * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
4681  *	here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
4682  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
4683  *	equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
4684  *	mode
4685  * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
4686  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
4687  * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
4688  * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
4689  * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
4690  *	OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
4691  *	for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
4692  * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
4693  *	setting
4694  * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
4695  *	powersave
4696  * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
4697  *	transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
4698  *	doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
4699  *	stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
4700  *	state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
4701  *	they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
4702  *	and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
4703  *	states using station flags.
4704  *	Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
4705  *	stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
4706  *	stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
4707  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
4708  *	(HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
4709  * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
4710  *	Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
4711  *	beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
4712  *	still generated by the driver.
4713  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
4714  *	interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
4715  *	interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
4716  *	unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
4717  * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
4718  *	channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
4719  *	lifetime of a BSS.
4720  * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
4721  *	Set IE to probe requests.
4722  * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
4723  *	to probe requests.
4724  * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
4725  *	requests sent to it by an AP.
4726  * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
4727  *	current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
4728  *	management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
4729  *	Measurement Report action frame.
4730  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
4731  *	estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
4732  *	to enable dynack.
4733  * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
4734  *	multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
4735  *	even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
4736  * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
4737  *	multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
4738  *	and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
4739  *	rts/cts handshake.
4740  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
4741  *	TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
4742  *	command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
4743  *	needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
4744  * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
4745  *	the vif's MAC address upon creation.
4746  *	See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
4747  * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
4748  *	operating as a TDLS peer.
4749  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
4750  *	random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
4751  *	%NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
4752  *	address mask/value will be used.
4753  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
4754  *	using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
4755  *	scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
4756  *	be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
4757  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
4758  *	random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
4759  *	scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
4760  *	be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
4761  */
4762 enum nl80211_feature_flags {
4763 	NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS			= 1 << 0,
4764 	NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS				= 1 << 1,
4765 	NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER		= 1 << 2,
4766 	NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS		= 1 << 3,
4767 	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL	= 1 << 4,
4768 	NL80211_FEATURE_SAE				= 1 << 5,
4769 	NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN		= 1 << 6,
4770 	NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH			= 1 << 7,
4771 	NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN				= 1 << 8,
4772 	NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER			= 1 << 9,
4773 	NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN			= 1 << 10,
4774 	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN			= 1 << 11,
4775 	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS			= 1 << 12,
4776 	/* bit 13 is reserved */
4777 	NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS		= 1 << 14,
4778 	NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE		= 1 << 15,
4779 	NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM			= 1 << 16,
4780 	NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR			= 1 << 17,
4781 	NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE	= 1 << 18,
4782 	NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES	= 1 << 19,
4783 	NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES		= 1 << 20,
4784 	NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET				= 1 << 21,
4785 	NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION		= 1 << 22,
4786 	NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION		= 1 << 23,
4787 	NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS			= 1 << 24,
4788 	NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS			= 1 << 25,
4789 	NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION		= 1 << 26,
4790 	NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE			= 1 << 27,
4791 	NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH		= 1 << 28,
4792 	NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR		= 1 << 29,
4793 	NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR	= 1 << 30,
4794 	NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR		= 1 << 31,
4795 };
4796 
4797 /**
4798  * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
4799  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
4800  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
4801  *	can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
4802  *	%NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
4803  *	the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
4804  *	NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
4805  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
4806  *	sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
4807  *	certain groups which can be configured by the
4808  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
4809  *	or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
4810  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
4811  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
4812  *	time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
4813  *	the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
4814  *	(if available).
4815  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
4816  *	time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
4817  *	BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
4818  *	(if available).
4819  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
4820  *	channel dwell time.
4821  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
4822  *	configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
4823  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
4824  *	configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
4825  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
4826  *	configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
4827  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
4828  *	with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
4829  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
4830  *	in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
4831  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
4832  *	randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
4833  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
4834  *	for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
4835  *	(%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
4836  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
4837  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
4838  *	RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
4839  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
4840  *	authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
4841  *
4842  * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
4843  * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
4844  */
4845 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
4846 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
4847 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
4848 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
4849 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
4850 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
4851 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
4852 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
4853 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
4854 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
4855 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
4856 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
4857 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
4858 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
4859 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
4860 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
4861 
4862 	/* add new features before the definition below */
4863 	NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
4864 	MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
4865 };
4866 
4867 /**
4868  * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
4869  *	protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
4870  *	To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
4871  *	Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
4872  *	protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
4873  *	supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
4874  *	to the host.
4875  *
4876  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
4877  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
4878  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
4879  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
4880  */
4881 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
4882 	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS =	1<<0,
4883 	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 =	1<<1,
4884 	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P =	1<<2,
4885 	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U =	1<<3,
4886 };
4887 
4888 /**
4889  * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
4890  * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
4891  *	handled by the AP is reached.
4892  * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
4893  */
4894 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
4895 	NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
4896 	NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
4897 };
4898 
4899 /**
4900  * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
4901  *
4902  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
4903  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
4904  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
4905  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
4906  */
4907 enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
4908 	NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
4909 	NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
4910 	NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
4911 	NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
4912 };
4913 
4914 /**
4915  * enum nl80211_scan_flags -  scan request control flags
4916  *
4917  * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
4918  * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
4919  * requests.
4920  *
4921  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
4922  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
4923  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
4924  *	as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
4925  *	dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
4926  *	will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
4927  *	when really needed
4928  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
4929  *	for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
4930  *	flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
4931  *	@NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
4932  *	the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
4933  *	randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
4934  *	locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
4935  *	This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
4936  *	the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
4937  */
4938 enum nl80211_scan_flags {
4939 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY			= 1<<0,
4940 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH				= 1<<1,
4941 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP				= 1<<2,
4942 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR			= 1<<3,
4943 };
4944 
4945 /**
4946  * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
4947  *
4948  * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
4949  * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
4950  * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
4951  *
4952  * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
4953  *	listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
4954  *	in ACL to authenticate.
4955  * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
4956  *	in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
4957  */
4958 enum nl80211_acl_policy {
4959 	NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
4960 	NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
4961 };
4962 
4963 /**
4964  * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
4965  *
4966  * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
4967  *
4968  * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
4969  * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
4970  * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
4971  *	turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
4972  */
4973 enum nl80211_smps_mode {
4974 	NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
4975 	NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
4976 	NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
4977 
4978 	__NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
4979 	NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
4980 };
4981 
4982 /**
4983  * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
4984  *
4985  * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
4986  * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
4987  *
4988  * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
4989  *	now unusable.
4990  * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
4991  *	the channel is now available.
4992  * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
4993  *	change to the channel status.
4994  * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
4995  *	over, channel becomes usable.
4996  * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
4997  *	non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
4998  *	be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
4999  *	applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
5000  */
5001 enum nl80211_radar_event {
5002 	NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
5003 	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
5004 	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
5005 	NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
5006 	NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
5007 };
5008 
5009 /**
5010  * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
5011  *
5012  * Channel states used by the DFS code.
5013  *
5014  * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
5015  *	check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
5016  * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
5017  *	is therefore marked as not available.
5018  * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
5019  */
5020 enum nl80211_dfs_state {
5021 	NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
5022 	NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
5023 	NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
5024 };
5025 
5026 /**
5027  * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
5028  * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
5029  *	wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
5030  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
5031  *	wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
5032  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
5033  */
5034 enum nl80211_protocol_features {
5035 	NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP =	1 << 0,
5036 };
5037 
5038 /**
5039  * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
5040  *
5041  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
5042  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
5043  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
5044  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
5045  * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
5046  */
5047 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
5048 	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
5049 	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
5050 	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
5051 	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
5052 	/* add other protocols before this one */
5053 	NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
5054 };
5055 
5056 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
5057 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION		5000 /* msec */
5058 
5059 /**
5060  * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
5061  *
5062  * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
5063  *
5064  * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
5065  */
5066 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
5067 	NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
5068 };
5069 
5070 /*
5071  * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
5072  * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
5073  * yet, so that's not valid so far)
5074  */
5075 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX	0x80000000
5076 
5077 /**
5078  * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
5079  * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
5080  *	value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
5081  *	may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
5082  *	added to this file when needed.
5083  * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
5084  */
5085 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
5086 	__u32 vendor_id;
5087 	__u32 subcmd;
5088 };
5089 
5090 /**
5091  * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
5092  *
5093  * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
5094  * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
5095  *
5096  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
5097  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
5098  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
5099  */
5100 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
5101 	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
5102 	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
5103 	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
5104 };
5105 
5106 /**
5107  * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
5108  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
5109  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
5110  *	seconds (u32).
5111  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
5112  *	scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
5113  *	because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
5114  *	make the scan plan meaningless.
5115  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
5116  *	currently defined
5117  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
5118  */
5119 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
5120 	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
5121 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
5122 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
5123 
5124 	/* keep last */
5125 	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
5126 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
5127 		__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
5128 };
5129 
5130 /**
5131  * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
5132  *
5133  * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
5134  *	of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
5135  * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
5136  */
5137 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
5138 	__u8 band;
5139 	__s8 delta;
5140 } __attribute__((packed));
5141 
5142 /**
5143  * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
5144  *
5145  * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
5146  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
5147  *	is requested.
5148  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
5149  *	selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
5150  *	When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
5151  *	shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
5152  *	this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
5153  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
5154  *	BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
5155  *	RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
5156  *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
5157  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
5158  * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
5159  *
5160  * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
5161  * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
5162  * which the driver shall use.
5163  */
5164 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
5165 	__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
5166 	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
5167 	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
5168 	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
5169 
5170 	/* keep last */
5171 	__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5172 	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5173 };
5174 
5175 /**
5176  * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
5177  *
5178  * Defines the function type of a NAN function
5179  *
5180  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
5181  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
5182  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
5183  */
5184 enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
5185 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
5186 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
5187 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
5188 
5189 	/* keep last */
5190 	__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
5191 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
5192 };
5193 
5194 /**
5195  * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
5196  *
5197  * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
5198  *
5199  * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
5200  * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
5201  */
5202 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
5203 	NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
5204 	NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
5205 };
5206 
5207 /**
5208  * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
5209  *
5210  * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
5211  *
5212  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
5213  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
5214  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
5215  */
5216 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
5217 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
5218 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
5219 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
5220 };
5221 
5222 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
5223 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
5224 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
5225 
5226 /**
5227  * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
5228  * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
5229  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
5230  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
5231  *	specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
5232  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
5233  *	publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
5234  *	Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
5235  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
5236  *	publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
5237  *	the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
5238  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
5239  *	subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
5240  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
5241  *	The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
5242  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
5243  *	is follow up. This is a u8.
5244  *	The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
5245  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
5246  *	follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
5247  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
5248  *	close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
5249  *	This is a flag.
5250  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
5251  *	stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
5252  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
5253  *	specific info. This is a binary attribute.
5254  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
5255  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
5256  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
5257  *	attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5258  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
5259  *	nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5260  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
5261  *	Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
5262  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
5263  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
5264  *
5265  * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
5266  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
5267  */
5268 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
5269 	__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
5270 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
5271 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
5272 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
5273 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
5274 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
5275 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
5276 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
5277 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
5278 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
5279 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
5280 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
5281 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
5282 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
5283 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
5284 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
5285 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
5286 
5287 	/* keep last */
5288 	NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
5289 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
5290 };
5291 
5292 /**
5293  * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
5294  * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
5295  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
5296  *	This is a flag.
5297  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
5298  *	&NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
5299  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
5300  *	&NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
5301  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
5302  *	and only if &NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
5303  *	attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
5304  * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
5305  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
5306  */
5307 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
5308 	__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
5309 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
5310 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
5311 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
5312 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
5313 
5314 	/* keep last */
5315 	NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
5316 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
5317 };
5318 
5319 /**
5320  * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
5321  * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
5322  * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
5323  *	match. This is a nested attribute.
5324  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
5325  * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
5326  *	that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
5327  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
5328  *
5329  * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
5330  * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
5331  */
5332 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
5333 	__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
5334 	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
5335 	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
5336 
5337 	/* keep last */
5338 	NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
5339 	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
5340 };
5341 
5342 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */
5343